blob: 9b5d511818e81b8b96d41144850e7e1efcc4d414 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000045#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000046#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <algorithm>
48#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000049#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000050#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000051#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000052#include <set>
53#include <utility>
54#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000055
56using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000057using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059namespace {
60 class UnqualUsingEntry {
61 const DeclContext *Nominated;
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 public:
65 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
66 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
67 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
71 return CommonAncestor;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
75 return Nominated;
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
79 struct Comparator {
80 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
81 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
85 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
86 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
89 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
90 }
91 };
92 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
95 /// lookup.
96 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000097 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 ListTy list;
100 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000101
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 public:
103 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000104
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000106 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
108 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
109 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000110 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000111 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000112
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000113 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
115 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
116 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000117 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000118 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
119 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
120 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000121 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
122 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000124 }
125 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000126
127 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
128 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
129 // declared in the context.
130 //
131 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
132 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
133 // the effective DCs right.
134 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000135 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000136 return;
137
138 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
139 }
140
141 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
142 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
143 // were declared in the effective DC.
144 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
145 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000146 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000147 return;
148
149 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
150 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
151 }
152
153 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
154 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
155 // the given effective context.
156 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000157 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000159 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000160 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000161 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000162 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
163 queue.push_back(NS);
164 }
165 }
166
167 if (queue.empty())
168 return;
169
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000170 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000171 }
172 }
173
174 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
175 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
176 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
177 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
178 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
179 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
180 // the first.
181 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
182 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
183 // the nominated namespace.
184 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
185 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
186 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000187 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000188
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000189 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
190 }
191
192 void done() {
193 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
194 }
195
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000197
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000198 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
199 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
200
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000201 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000202 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000203 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
204 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
205 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000206 }
207 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000208} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
211// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000212static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
213 bool CPlusPlus,
214 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 unsigned IDNS = 0;
216 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000217 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000218 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000219 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000220 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000221 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000222 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000224 if (Redeclaration)
225 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000226 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000227 if (Redeclaration)
228 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000229 break;
230
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000231 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
232 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
233 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
234 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
236 break;
237
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000238 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000239 if (CPlusPlus) {
240 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
241
242 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
243 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
244 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
245 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
246 // "overload" with tag decls.
247 if (Redeclaration)
248 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
249 } else {
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
251 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000253
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000254 case Sema::LookupLabel:
255 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
256 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000257
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000258 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
260 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 break;
263
264 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000265 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
266 break;
267
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000268 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000270 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000271
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000273 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
275 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
276 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000277 break;
278
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000279 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
280 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
281 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000284 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000285 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
286 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
287 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000288 }
289 return IDNS;
290}
291
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000293 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000294 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000295
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000296 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
297 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
298 // operators can be found.
299 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
300 case OO_New:
301 case OO_Delete:
302 case OO_Array_New:
303 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000304 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000306
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000307 default:
308 break;
309 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000310
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000311 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
312 // up being declared.
313 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
314 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000315 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000316 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000317 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000318 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000319}
320
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000321bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000322 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000323 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
324 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
325 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
326 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
327 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
329 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000330 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
331 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000332 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
333 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000335 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000337
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000339void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000340 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000341}
342
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000343/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
344/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000345static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
347 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
348 // those.
349 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
350 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
351 return DC;
352
353 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
354 // declaration must have been found there.
355 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
356}
357
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000358/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
359/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000360static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
362 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
363 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
364 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
365 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
366 return true;
367
368 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
369 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
370
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000371 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
372 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
373 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
374 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
375 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
376 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000377 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
378 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000379 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
380 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
381 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000382 }
383
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000384 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
385 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
386 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
387 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
388 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
389 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
390 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
391 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
392 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
393 if (DMin != EMin)
394 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000395 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
396 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000397 }
398
399 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
400 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
401 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
402 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
403 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000404 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
405 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
406 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000407 if (DMin != EMin)
408 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000409 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
410 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
411 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
412 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
413 I != N; ++I) {
414 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
416 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
417 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
418 return true;
419 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000420 }
421
422 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
423 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
424 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
425 // keep what we've got.
426 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
427 }
428
429 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000430 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
431 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
432 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
433 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000434 return false;
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000435
436 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
437 // keep what we've got.
438 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000439}
440
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000441/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
442static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
443 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
444 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
445 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
446 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
447 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
448 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
449 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
450 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
451 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
452 // scope.
453 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
454 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
455 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
456}
457
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000458/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000459void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000460 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000461
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000462 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000463 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000464 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
465 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000466 return;
467 }
468
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
470 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000471 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000472 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
473 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000474 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000475 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000476 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
477 return;
478 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000479
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000480 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000481 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000482
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000483 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000484 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000485
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000486 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000487 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000488 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000489 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
490
491 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492
493 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 unsigned I = 0;
496 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000497 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
498 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000499
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000500 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000501 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000502 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
503 continue;
504 }
505
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000506 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
507
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000508 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
509 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
510 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
511 // canonical type.
512 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000513 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
514 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
515 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
516 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
517 // The type is not unique.
518 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000519 }
520 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000521
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000522 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
523 // canonical declaration.
524 if (!ExistingI) {
525 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
526 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
527 // We've seen this entity before.
528 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000529 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000530 }
531
532 if (ExistingI) {
533 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
534 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000535 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000536 Decls[*ExistingI]))
537 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
538 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000539 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000540 }
541
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000542 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000543
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000544 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
545 HasUnresolved = true;
546 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
547 if (HasTag)
548 Ambiguous = true;
549 UniqueTagIndex = I;
550 HasTag = true;
551 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
552 HasFunction = true;
553 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
554 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
555 HasFunction = true;
556 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000557 if (HasNonFunction) {
558 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
559 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
560 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
561 // module, just skip it.
562 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
563 D)) {
564 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
565 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
566 continue;
567 }
568
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000569 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000570 }
571 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000572 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000573 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000574 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000575
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000576 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
577 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
578 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
579 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
580 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
581 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
582 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
583 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
584 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000585 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000586 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000587 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
588 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
589 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
590 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
591 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000592 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
593 else
594 Ambiguous = true;
595 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000596
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000597 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
598 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
599 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
600 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
601 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
602
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000603 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000604
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000605 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000606 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000607
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000608 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000609 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000610 else if (HasUnresolved)
611 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000612 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000613 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000614 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000615 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000616}
617
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000618void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000619 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000620 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000621 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
622 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000624}
625
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000626void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000627 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
628 Paths->swap(P);
629 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
630 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000631 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000632}
633
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000634void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000635 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
636 Paths->swap(P);
637 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
638 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000639 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000640}
641
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000642void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000643 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
644 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
645 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000646
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000647 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
648 Out << "\n";
649 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
650 }
651}
652
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000653/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
654/// fail.
655static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
656 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
657
658 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
659 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
660 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
661 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
662 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
663 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
664 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000665 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
666 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
667 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
668 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
669 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
670 return true;
671 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000672 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
673 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
674 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
675 return true;
676 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000677
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000678 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
679 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
680 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
681 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000682 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000683 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
684 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000685
686 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
687 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000688 R.isForRedeclaration(),
689 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000690 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000691 return true;
692 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000693 }
694 }
695 }
696
697 return false;
698}
699
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000700/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
701/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000702static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000703 // We need to have a definition for the class.
704 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
705 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000706
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000707 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000708 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000709}
710
711void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000712 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000713 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000714
715 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000716 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000717 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000718
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000719 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000720 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000721 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000722
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000723 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000724 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000725 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
726
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000727 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000728 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
729 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
730 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
731
732 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
733 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
734 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
735 }
736
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000737 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000738 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000739 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000740}
741
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000742/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000743/// special member function.
744static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
745 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000746 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000747 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
748 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000749
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000750 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
751 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000753 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000754 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000755 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000756
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000757 return false;
758}
759
760/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
761/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000763 DeclarationName Name,
764 const DeclContext *DC) {
765 if (!DC)
766 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000769 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
770 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000771 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000772 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000773 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000774 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000775 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000776 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000777 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000778 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
779 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000780 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000781 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000782
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000783 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
784 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000785 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000786 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000787 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000788 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000789
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000790 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
791 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
792 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000793
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000794 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000795 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000796 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000797 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000798 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000799 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000800 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
801 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
802 }
803 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000804 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000805
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000806 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000807 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000808 }
809}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000810
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000811// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
812// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000813static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000814 bool Found = false;
815
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000816 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000817 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000818 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000820 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000821 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
822 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000823 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000824 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000825 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000826 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000827 Found = true;
828 }
829 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000830
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000831 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
832 return true;
833
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000834 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000835 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
836 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
837 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
838 return Found;
839
840 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000841 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000842 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
843 // context of the use are considered. [...]
844 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000845 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000846 return Found;
847
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000848 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
849 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000850 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
851 if (!ConvTemplate)
852 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000853
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000854 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000855 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
856 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000857 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
858 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
859 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
860 Found = true;
861 continue;
862 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000863
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000864 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000865 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
866 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000867 // name lookup.
868 //
869 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
870 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000871 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000872 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
873 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000874 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000875 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000876
877 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000878 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
879 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000880
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000881 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
882 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
883 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000884 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000885 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000886 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000887 QualType ExpectedType
888 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000889 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000891 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
892 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000893 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000894 Specialization, Info)
895 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
896 R.addDecl(Specialization);
897 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000898 }
899 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000900
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000901 return Found;
902}
903
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000904// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000905static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000906CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000907 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000908
909 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
910
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000911 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000912 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000913
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000914 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
915 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000916 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
917 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000918 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000919
920 R.resolveKind();
921
922 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000923}
924
925static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000926 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000927 return Ctx->isFileContext();
928 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000929}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000930
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000931// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
932// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
933// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
934// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
935// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
936// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
937// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
938static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000939 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000940 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000941 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000942 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
943 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000944 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000945 break;
946 }
947 }
948
949 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
950 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
951 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
952 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
953 // a member of this namespace.
954 //
955 // Example:
956 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000957 // namespace N {
958 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000959 //
960 // template<class T> class B {
961 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000962 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000963 // }
964 //
965 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
966 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
967 // }
968 //
969 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
970 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000971 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000972 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
973 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
974
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000975 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
977 // template<class C>.
978 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
979 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
980 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
981 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000982
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000983 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
984 // the example, this is namespace N.
985 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
986 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
987 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000988
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000989 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
990 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
991 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
992 // example, this is the global scope.
993 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
994 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
995 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
996
997 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000998}
999
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001000namespace {
1001/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1002/// declarations.
1003struct FindLocalExternScope {
1004 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1005 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1006 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1007 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1008 }
1009 void restore() {
1010 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1011 }
1012 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1013 restore();
1014 }
1015 LookupResult &R;
1016 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1017};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001018} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001019
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001020bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001021 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001022
1023 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001024 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001025
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001026 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1027 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1028 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1029 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001030 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001031 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1032 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001033
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001034 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1035 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1036
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001037 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001038 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001039 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1040 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001041
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001042 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001043 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001044 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1045 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1046 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001047 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001048 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001049 //
1050 // For example:
1051 // namespace A { int i; }
1052 // void foo() {
1053 // int i;
1054 // {
1055 // using namespace A;
1056 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1057 // }
1058 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001059 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001060 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1061 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001062 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001063 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001064
1065 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1066 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1067
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001068 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001069 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001070
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001071 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001072 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001073 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001074 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001075 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1076 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1077 // out-of-scope.
1078 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1079 LeftStartingScope = true;
1080
1081 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001082 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1083 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1084 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1085 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001086 R.setShadowed();
1087 continue;
1088 }
1089 }
1090
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001091 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001092 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001093 }
1094 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001095 if (Found) {
1096 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001097 if (S->isClassScope())
1098 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1099 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001100 return true;
1101 }
1102
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001103 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001104 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1105 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1106 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1107 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1108 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1109 return false;
1110 }
1111
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001112 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1113 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1114 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001115 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001116 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1117 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1118 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1119 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001120 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001121 }
1122
1123 if (Ctx) {
1124 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1125 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001126 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001127 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1128 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1129
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001130 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001131 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1132 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1133 // non-transparent context.
1134 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001135 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001136
1137 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1138 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1139 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1140 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1141 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1142 // in the corresponding interface.
1143 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1144 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1145 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1146 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1147 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001148 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001149 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001150 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1151 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001152 R.resolveKind();
1153 return true;
1154 }
1155 }
1156 }
1157 }
1158
1159 continue;
1160 }
1161
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001162 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1163 // lookup considering using directives.
1164 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001165 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1166 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1167 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001168 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1169 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1170 continue;
1171
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001172 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001173 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001174
1175 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1176 // from local scopes.
1177 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1178 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1179 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1180 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1181 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1182
1183 UDirs.done();
1184
1185 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1186 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001187
1188 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1189 R.resolveKind();
1190 return true;
1191 }
1192
1193 continue;
1194 }
1195
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001196 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1197 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1198 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1199 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1200 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1201 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001202 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001203 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001204 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001205 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001206 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001207
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001208 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1209 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1210 if (!S) return false;
1211
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001212 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001213 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001214 return false;
1215
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001216 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001217 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001218 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001219 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1220 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001221 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1222 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1223 UDirs.done();
1224 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001225
1226 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1227 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1228 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1229 FindLocals.restore();
1230
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001231 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001232 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1233 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1234 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1235 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001236 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001237 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001238 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001239 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001240 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1241 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1242 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1243 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001244 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001245 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001246 }
1247 }
1248
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001249 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001250 R.resolveKind();
1251 return true;
1252 }
1253
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001254 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001255 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1256 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1257 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001258 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001259 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1260 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1261 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1262 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001263 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001264 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001265
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001266 if (Ctx) {
1267 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1268 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001269 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001270 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1271 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1272
1273 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1274 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1275 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1276 // non-transparent context.
1277 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1278 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001279
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001280 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1281 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1282 // look into that context.
1283 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1284 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1285 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001286
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001287 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1288 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1289 Found = true;
1290 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001291
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001292 if (Found) {
1293 R.resolveKind();
1294 return true;
1295 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001296
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001297 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1298 return false;
1299 }
1300 }
1301
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001302 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001303 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001304 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001305
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001306 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001307}
1308
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001309/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1310/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1311static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1312 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1313}
1314
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001315Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1316 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1317 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1318 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1319 return M;
1320 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1321 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1322
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001323 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1324 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1325 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1326 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1327 // class).
1328 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1329 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1330 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1331 }
1332
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001333 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1334 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1335 if (M)
1336 return M;
1337
1338 if (auto *Containing =
1339 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1340 M = Containing;
1341 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1342 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1343 // locations.
1344 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1345 } else {
1346 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1347 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1348 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1349 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1350 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1351 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1352 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1353
1354 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1355 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1356 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1357 auto &TopLevel =
1358 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1359 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1360 }
1361
1362 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1363 }
1364
1365 if (M)
1366 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1367 return M;
1368}
1369
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001370void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001371 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1372 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1373 else
1374 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1375 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001376
1377 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1378 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1379 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1380 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1381 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001382}
1383
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001384/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001385static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001386 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1387 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1388 // the module containing the pattern.
1389 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1390 Entity = Pattern;
1391 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001392 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1393 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001394 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1395 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1396 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1397 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1398 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1399 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1400 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1401 }
1402
1403 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1404 // from a template.
1405 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1406 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001407 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1408 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001409}
1410
1411llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1412 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1413 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1414 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001415 Module *M =
1416 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001417 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001418 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001419 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1420 }
1421 return LookupModulesCache;
1422}
1423
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001424bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1425 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1426 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1427 return true;
1428 return false;
1429}
1430
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001431template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001432static bool
1433hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1434 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001435 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1436 return false;
1437
1438 while (D) {
1439 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1440 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1441 return true;
1442
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001443 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1444 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1445 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1446 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1447 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1448 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001449
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001450 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1451 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1452 }
1453 return false;
1454}
1455
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001456bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1457 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001458 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001459 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001460 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001461 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1462 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1463 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001464}
1465
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001466/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1467///
1468/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1469/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1470/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1471/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1472/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1473/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1474bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001475 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001476 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1477
1478 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1479 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1480 if (!DeclModule) {
1481 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1482 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001483 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001484 }
1485
1486 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1487 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1488 // top-level module.)
1489 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1490 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1491 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001492 return true;
1493 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001494
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001495 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1496 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1497 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1498 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1499 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001500 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1501 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1502 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1503 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1504 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1505 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001506 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1507 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1508 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001509 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1510 // its parent has a visible definition.
1511 D->setHidden(false);
1512 }
1513 return true;
1514 }
1515 return false;
1516 }
1517
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001518 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1519 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1520 if (LookupModules.empty())
1521 return false;
1522
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001523 if (!DeclModule) {
1524 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1525 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1526 }
1527
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001528 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1529 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1530 return true;
1531
1532 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1533 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1534 return false;
1535
1536 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1537 // the lookup set.
1538 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1539 E = LookupModules.end();
1540 I != E; ++I)
1541 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1542 return true;
1543 return false;
1544}
1545
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001546bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1547 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1548}
1549
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001550bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1551 for (auto *D : R) {
1552 if (isVisible(D))
1553 return true;
1554 }
1555 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1556}
1557
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001558/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1559///
1560/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1561/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1562/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001563///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001564/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1565/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001566static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1567 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001568
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001569 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1570 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001571 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1572 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1573 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001574 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001575 return ND;
1576 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001577 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001578
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001579 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001580}
1581
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001582NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001583 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001584}
1585
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001586/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1587/// scope.
1588///
1589/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1590/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1591/// @code
1592/// int x;
1593/// int f() {
1594/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1595/// }
1596/// @endcode
1597///
1598/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1599/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1600/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1601/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1602/// class LookupCriteria.
1603///
1604/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1605/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1606/// in the parent scopes.
1607///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001608/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1609/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1610/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1611/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001612///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001613/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001614bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1615 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001616 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001617
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001618 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1619
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001620 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001621 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1622 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001623 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001624 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1625 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001626 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001627 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001628 }
1629
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001630 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1631 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1632
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001633 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1634 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1635 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1636 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001637 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1638
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001639 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001640 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001641 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001642 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001643 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1644 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1645 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001646 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001647 LeftStartingScope = true;
1648
1649 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1650 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001651 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1652 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001653 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001654 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001655 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001656 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1657 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1658 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001659
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001660 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001661
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001662 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1663 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001664 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001665 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1666 // actually exists in a Scope).
1667 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1668 S = S->getParent();
1669
1670 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1671 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1672 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1673 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001674 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001675
1676 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001677 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001678 if (!S)
1679 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1680
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001681 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1682 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001683 if (S) {
1684 // Match based on scope.
1685 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1686 break;
1687 } else {
1688 // Match based on DeclContext.
1689 DeclContext *LastDC
1690 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1691 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1692 break;
1693 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001694
1695 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1696 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1697 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001698 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001699
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001700 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001701 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001702
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001703 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001704 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001705 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001706 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001707 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001708 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001709 }
1710
1711 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1712 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1713 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001714 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1715 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001716
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001717 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1718 // may be able to handle the situation.
1719 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1720 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1721 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001722}
1723
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001724/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1725/// using directives by the given context.
1726///
1727/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001728/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001729/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1730/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1731/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1732/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1733/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1734/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1735/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1736/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1737/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1738/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1739/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1740/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001741///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001742/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1743/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1744/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1745/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1746/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1747/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1748/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1749/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1750/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001751static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001752 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001753 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1754
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001755 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1756 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001757
1758 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001759 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001760 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1761
1762 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1763 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001764 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001765
1766 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1767 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001768 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1769 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001770 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001771 Queue.push_back(ND);
1772 }
1773
1774 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1775 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1776 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1777 // a tag.
1778 bool FoundTag = false;
1779 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1780
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001781 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001782
1783 bool Found = false;
1784 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001785 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001786
1787 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1788 // between LookupResults.
1789 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001790 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001791 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001792
1793 if (FoundDirect) {
1794 // First do any local hiding.
1795 DirectR.resolveKind();
1796
1797 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1798 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1799 FoundTag = true;
1800 else
1801 FoundNonTag = true;
1802
1803 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1804 if (UseLocal) {
1805 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1806 LocalR.clear();
1807 }
1808 }
1809
1810 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1811 if (FoundDirect) {
1812 Found = true;
1813 continue;
1814 }
1815
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001816 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001817 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001818 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001819 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1820 }
1821 }
1822
1823 if (Found) {
1824 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1825 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1826 else
1827 R.resolveKind();
1828 }
1829
1830 return Found;
1831}
1832
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001833/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001834static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001835 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001836 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001837
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001838 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001839 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001840}
1841
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001842/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001843/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1844template<typename InputIterator>
1845static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1846 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1847 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1848 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001849
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001850 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1851 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1852 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1853 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1854 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001855
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001856 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1857 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1858 break;
1859 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001860
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001861 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1862 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1863 break;
1864 }
1865 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001866
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001867 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1868 return true;
1869 }
1870
1871 return false;
1872}
1873
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001874/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001875///
1876/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1877/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001878/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001879///
1880/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1881/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1882/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1883/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1884/// class LookupCriteria.
1885///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001886/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1887///
1888/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001889/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1890/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1891///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001892/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001893/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001894///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001895/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1896bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1897 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001898 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001899
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001900 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001901 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001902
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001903 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1904 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1905 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001906 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001907 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001908 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001909
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001910 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001911 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001912 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001913 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1914 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001915 return true;
1916 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001917
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001918 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1919 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1920 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1921 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1922 // for the namespace member has the form
1923 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1924 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1925 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1926 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001927 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001928 return false;
1929
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001930 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001931 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001932 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001933
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001934 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001935 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001936 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001937 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001938 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001939
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001940 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1941 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001942 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001943 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1944 // or we have to fail.
1945 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1946 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1947 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1948 return false;
1949 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001950
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001951 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001952 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1953 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001954
1955 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001956 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
1957 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001958 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001959 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001960 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1961 case LookupMemberName:
1962 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001963 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001964 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1965 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001966
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001967 case LookupTagName:
1968 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1969 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001970
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001971 case LookupAnyName:
1972 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1973 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001974
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001975 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1976 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001977
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001978 case LookupOperatorName:
1979 case LookupNamespaceName:
1980 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001981 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001982 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001983 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001984
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001985 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1986 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1987 break;
1988 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001989
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001990 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1991 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
1992 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
1993 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
1994 },
1995 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001996 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001997
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001998 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1999
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002000 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2001 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2002 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2003 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2004 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2005 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002006 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002007 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002008 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002009
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002010 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002011 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002012 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002013
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002014 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2015 // across all paths.
2016 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002017
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002018 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2019 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002020 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002021 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2022 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002023 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002024 }
2025
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002026 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002027 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2028 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002029 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002030 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002031 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002032 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002033 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2034 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002035
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002036 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2037 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002038 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2039 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2040 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002041
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002042 ++FirstD;
2043 ++CurrentD;
2044 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002045
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002046 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2047 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002048 continue;
2049 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002050
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002051 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2052 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002053 }
2054
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002055 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002056 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2057
2058 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2059 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2060 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002061 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002062 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002063 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002064
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002065 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2066 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002067 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2068 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002069 }
2070 }
2071
2072 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2073
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002074 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002075 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2076 D->getAccess());
2077 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2078 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002079 R.resolveKind();
2080 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002081}
2082
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002083/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2084/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2085///
2086/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2087/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2088/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2089///
2090/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2091///
2092/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2093/// search.
2094///
2095/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2096///
2097/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2098bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2099 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2100 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2101 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2102 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2103 else
2104
2105 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2106}
2107
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002108/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2109/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2110///
2111/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2112/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2113/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2114/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002115/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2116/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002117///
2118/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2119/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002120///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002121/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002122///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002123/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2124/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2125///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002126/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002127bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002128 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002129 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2130 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002131 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002132 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002133 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002134
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002135 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002136 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2137 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2138 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2139
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002140 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002141 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002142 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002143 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002144 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002146 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002147 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002148 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002149
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002150 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002152 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002153 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2154 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002155 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002156 }
2157
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002159 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002160}
2161
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002162/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2163/// class.
2164///
2165/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2166///
2167/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2168/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002169///
2170/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2171bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002172 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2173 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2174 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2175 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002176 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2177 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2178 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2179 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2180 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2181 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002182
2183 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2184 // the path access.
2185 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2186 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2187 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2188 I.getAccess()));
2189 }
2190
2191 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002192 }
2193
2194 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002195 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002196
2197 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002198}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002199
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002200/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002201/// from name lookup.
2202///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002203/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002204void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002205 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2206
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002207 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2208 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2209 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2210
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002211 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2212 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2213 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2214 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2215 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2216 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2217 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002218
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002219 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002220 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2221 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2222 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002223
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002224 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002225 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002226 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002227
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002228 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002229 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2230 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002231
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002232 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002233 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002234 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2235 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002236 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002237 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002238 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2239 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2240 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002241 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002242 }
2243
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002244 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2245 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002246
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002247 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002248
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002249 for (auto *D : Result)
2250 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002251 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2252 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2253 }
2254
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002255 for (auto *D : Result)
2256 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2257 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002258
2259 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002260 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2261 while (F.hasNext()) {
2262 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2263 F.erase();
2264 }
2265 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002266 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002267 }
2268
2269 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2270 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002271
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002272 for (auto *D : Result)
2273 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002274 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002275 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002276 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002277}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002278
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002279namespace {
2280 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002281 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002282 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2283 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002284 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2285 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002286 }
2287
2288 Sema &S;
2289 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2290 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002291 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002292 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002293} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002294
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002296addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002297
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002298static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2299 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2300 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2301
2302 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2303 // be a locally scoped record.
2304
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002305 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2306 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2307 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2308 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2309 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002310 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2311
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002312 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002313 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002314}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002315
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002316// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002317// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002318static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002319addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2320 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002321 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002323 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2324 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2325 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002327 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2328 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2329 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2330 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002331 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002332 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002334 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002335 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002336 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2337 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002338 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002339 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002341 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002342 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2343 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002344 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002345 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002346 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002347 }
2348 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002349 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002350
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002351 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002352 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2353 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002354 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002355 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002356 // associated namespaces. ]
2357 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002358
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002359 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002360 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2361 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002362 break;
2363 }
2364}
2365
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002366// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2368// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2369static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002370addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2371 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2372
2373 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2374 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2375 return;
2376
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002377 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2378 // [...]
2379 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2380 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2381 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2382 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002384
2385 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2386 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2387 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002388 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002389 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002390 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002392 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2393 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002394 //
2395 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2396 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2397 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002398 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002399 return;
2400
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002401 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2402 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002403 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002404 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002405 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2407 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2408 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002409 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002411 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2412 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2413 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002414 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002415 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002416 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002417
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002418 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2419 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002420 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002423 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002424 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2425 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002426
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002427 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2428 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002429 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002430 Bases.push_back(Class);
2431 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2432 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002433 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002434
2435 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002436 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2437 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002438 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2439 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2440 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2441 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2442 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2443 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2444 if (!BaseType)
2445 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002446 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002447 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002448 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2449 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002450 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002451
2452 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2453 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2454 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2455 }
2456 }
2457 }
2458}
2459
2460// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2461// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2463static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002464addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002465 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2466 //
2467 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2468 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2469 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2470 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2471 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2472 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2473 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2474 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002475
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002476 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002477 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2478
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002479 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002480 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2481
2482#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2483#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2484#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2485#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2486#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2487#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2488 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2489 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2490 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2491 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2492 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002493 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002494
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002495 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2496 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2497 case Type::Pointer:
2498 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2499 continue;
2500 case Type::ConstantArray:
2501 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2502 case Type::VariableArray:
2503 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2504 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002505
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002506 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2507 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2508 case Type::Builtin:
2509 break;
2510
2511 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2512 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2513 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2514 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2515 // which its associated classes are defined.
2516 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002517 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2518 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002519 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2520 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002521 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002522 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002523 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002524
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002525 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2526 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002527 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002528 // it has no associated class.
2529 case Type::Enum: {
2530 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002531
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002532 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2533 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002534 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002535
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002536 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002537 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002538
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002539 break;
2540 }
2541
2542 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2543 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2544 // types and those associated with the return type.
2545 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2546 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002547 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2548 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002549 // fallthrough
2550 }
2551 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2552 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002553 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002554 continue;
2555 }
2556
2557 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2558 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2559 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2560 // together with those associated with X.
2561 //
2562 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2563 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2564 // with the member type together with those associated with
2565 // X.
2566 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2567 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2568
2569 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2570 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2571
2572 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2573 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2574 continue;
2575 }
2576
2577 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2578 case Type::BlockPointer:
2579 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2580 continue;
2581
2582 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2583 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2584 case Type::LValueReference:
2585 case Type::RValueReference:
2586 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2587 continue;
2588
2589 // These are fundamental types.
2590 case Type::Vector:
2591 case Type::ExtVector:
2592 case Type::Complex:
2593 break;
2594
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002595 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2596 case Type::Auto:
2597 break;
2598
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002599 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2600 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2601 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002602 case Type::ObjCObject:
2603 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2604 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002605 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002606 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002607
2608 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2609 // contained type.
2610 case Type::Atomic:
2611 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2612 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002613 }
2614
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002615 if (Queue.empty())
2616 break;
2617 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002618 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002619}
2620
2621/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2622/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2623/// arguments.
2624///
2625/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002626/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002627/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002628void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2629 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2630 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2631 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002632 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2633 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2634
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002635 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2636 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002637
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002638 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2639 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2640 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2641 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2642 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2643 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002645 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002646 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2647
2648 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002649 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002650 continue;
2651 }
2652
2653 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2654 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2655 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2656 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2657 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2658 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2659 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002660 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002661 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002662 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002663 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002664
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002665 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2666 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002667
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002668 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002669 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002670 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002671
2672 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2673 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002674 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002675 }
2676 }
2677}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002678
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002679NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002680 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002681 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2682 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002683 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002684 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002685 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002686}
2687
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002688/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002689ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002690 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2691 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002692 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002693 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002694 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2695}
2696
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002697void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002699 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002700 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2701 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2702 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2703 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2704 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002705 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002706 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002707 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2708 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002709
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002710 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002711 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002712}
2713
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002714Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002715 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2716 bool ConstArg,
2717 bool VolatileArg,
2718 bool RValueThis,
2719 bool ConstThis,
2720 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002721 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002722 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002723 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002724 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2725 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2726 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2727 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2728 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2729 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2730
2731 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002732 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002733 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2734 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2735 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2736 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2737 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2738 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2739
2740 void *InsertPoint;
2741 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2742 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2743
2744 // This was already cached
2745 if (Result)
2746 return Result;
2747
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002748 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2749 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002750 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2751
2752 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002753 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002754 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2755 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002756 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2757 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002758 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2759 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002760 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002761 return Result;
2762 }
2763
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002764 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2765 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002766 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002767 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002768 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002769 unsigned NumArgs;
2770
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002771 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2772 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2773
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002774 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2775 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2776 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002777 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2778 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002779 } else {
2780 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2781 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002782 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002783 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002784 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002785 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002786 } else {
2787 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002788 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002789 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002790 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002791 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002792 }
2793
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002794 if (ConstArg)
2795 ArgType.addConst();
2796 if (VolatileArg)
2797 ArgType.addVolatile();
2798
2799 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2800 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2801 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2802 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2803 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2804 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2805 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002806 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002807 VK = VK_LValue;
2808 else
2809 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002810 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002811
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002812 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2813
2814 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002815 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002816 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002817 }
2818
2819 // Create the object argument
2820 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2821 if (ConstThis)
2822 ThisTy.addConst();
2823 if (VolatileThis)
2824 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002825 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002826 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2827 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002828
2829 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2830 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2831 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002832 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002833 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002834
2835 if (R.empty()) {
2836 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2837 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2838 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2839 // destructor.
2840 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2841 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2842 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2843 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2844 return Result;
2845 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002846
2847 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2848 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2849 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2850
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002851 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002852 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002853 continue;
2854
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002855 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2856 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2857 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2858 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2859 // either.
2860 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2861
2862 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2863 continue;
2864 }
2865
2866 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002867 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002868 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002869 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2870 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002871 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002872 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2873 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002874 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002875 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002876 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2877 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002878 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002879 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002880 OCS, true);
2881 else
2882 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002883 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002884 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002885 } else {
2886 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2891 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2892 case OR_Success:
2893 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002894 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002895 break;
2896
2897 case OR_Deleted:
2898 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002899 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002900 break;
2901
2902 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002903 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002904 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2905 break;
2906
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002907 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002908 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002909 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002910 break;
2911 }
2912
2913 return Result;
2914}
2915
2916/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2917CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002918 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002919 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2920 false, false);
2921
2922 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002923}
2924
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002925/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2926CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002927 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002928 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2929 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2930 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2931 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2932 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2933
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002934 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2935}
2936
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002937/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002938CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2939 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002940 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002941 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2942 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002943
2944 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2945}
2946
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002947/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2948DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002949 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002950 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002951 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002952 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002953 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002954 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002955 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002956 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002957 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002958
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002959 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2960 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2961 return Class->lookup(Name);
2962}
2963
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002964/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2965CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2966 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002967 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002968 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2969 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2970 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2971 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2972 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2973 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2974 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2975 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2976 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2977
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002978 return Result->getMethod();
2979}
2980
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002981/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2982CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002983 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002984 bool RValueThis,
2985 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2986 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2987 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2988 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002989 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2990 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002991 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2992 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2993
2994 return Result->getMethod();
2995}
2996
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002997/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2998///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002999/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3000/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003001///
3002/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3003CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003004 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3005 false, false, false,
3006 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003007}
3008
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003009/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3010/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3011///
3012/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3013/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3014/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3015Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3016Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3017 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003018 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3019 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003020 LookupName(R, S);
3021 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3022 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3023
3024 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3025 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3026
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003027 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003028 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3029 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003030 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3031
3032 while (F.hasNext()) {
3033 Decl *D = F.next();
3034 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3035 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3036
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003037 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3038 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3039 F.erase();
3040 continue;
3041 }
3042
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003043 bool IsRaw = false;
3044 bool IsTemplate = false;
3045 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3046 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3047
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003048 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3049 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3050 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3051 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003052 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003053 IsExactMatch = true;
3054 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3055 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3056 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3057 IsExactMatch = false;
3058 break;
3059 }
3060 }
3061 }
3062 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003063 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3064 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3065 if (Params->size() == 1)
3066 IsTemplate = true;
3067 else
3068 IsStringTemplate = true;
3069 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003070
3071 if (IsExactMatch) {
3072 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003073 AllowRaw = false;
3074 AllowTemplate = false;
3075 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3076 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003077 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3078 // already found.
3079 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003080 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003081 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003082 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3083 FoundRaw = true;
3084 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3085 FoundTemplate = true;
3086 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3087 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003088 } else {
3089 F.erase();
3090 }
3091 }
3092
3093 F.done();
3094
3095 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3096 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3097 // or literal operator template.
3098 if (FoundExactMatch)
3099 return LOLR_Cooked;
3100
3101 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3102 // operator template, but not both.
3103 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3104 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003105 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3106 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003107 return LOLR_Error;
3108 }
3109
3110 if (FoundRaw)
3111 return LOLR_Raw;
3112
3113 if (FoundTemplate)
3114 return LOLR_Template;
3115
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003116 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3117 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3118
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003119 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3120 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3121 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003122 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3123 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003124 return LOLR_Error;
3125}
3126
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003127void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3128 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3129
3130 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3131 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003132 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003133 Old = New;
3134 return;
3135 }
3136
3137 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003138 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3139 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003140
3141 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3142 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003143 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003144
3145 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3146 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3147 if (!Cursor) return;
3148
3149 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3150 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3151
3152 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3153 }
3154
3155 Old = New;
3156}
3157
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003158void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3159 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003160 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3161 // arguments we have.
3162 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3163 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003164 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003165 AssociatedNamespaces,
3166 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003167
3168 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003169 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3170 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3171 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3172 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3173 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3174 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3175 // is the union of X and Y.
3176 //
3177 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3178 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003179 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003180 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3181 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3182 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3183 //
3184 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3185 // ignored.
3186 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003187 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003188 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3189 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3190 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003191 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3192 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003193 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3194 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003195 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3196 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3197 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3198 continue;
3199
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003200 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3201 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3202 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3203 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
3204 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
3205 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3206 break;
3207 }
3208 }
3209 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003210 continue;
3211 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003212
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003213 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3214 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003215
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003216 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003217 continue;
3218
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003219 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3220 continue;
3221
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003222 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003223 }
3224 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003225}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003226
3227//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3228// Search for all visible declarations.
3229//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003230VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003231
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003232bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3233
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003234namespace {
3235
3236class ShadowContextRAII;
3237
3238class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3239public:
3240 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3241 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3242 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003243 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003244
3245private:
3246 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3247 /// this name within a particular scope.
3248 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3249
3250 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3251 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3252
3253 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3254 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3255
3256 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3257
3258public:
3259 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3260 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3261 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003262 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003263 }
3264
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003265 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3266 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3267 }
3268
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003269 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3270 /// current scope.
3271 ///
3272 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3273 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3274 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3275
3276 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003277 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3278 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3279 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003280};
3281
3282/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3283class ShadowContextRAII {
3284 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3285
3286 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3287
3288public:
3289 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003290 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003291 }
3292
3293 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003294 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3295 }
3296};
3297
3298} // end anonymous namespace
3299
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003300NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003301 // Look through using declarations.
3302 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003303
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003304 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3305 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3306 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3307 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3308 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3309 if (Pos == SM->end())
3310 continue;
3311
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003312 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003313 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003314 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003315 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003316 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3317 continue;
3318
3319 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003320 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003321 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003322 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003323 continue;
3324
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003325 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3326 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3327 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003328 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003329 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003330 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003331 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003332
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003333 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003334 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003335 }
3336 }
3337
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003338 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003339}
3340
3341static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3342 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003343 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003344 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3345 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003346 if (!Ctx)
3347 return;
3348
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003349 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3350 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3351 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003352
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003353 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3354 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3355 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3356 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3357 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3358
3359 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3360 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3361 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3362 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3363 Idents.get(Name);
3364 }
3365
3366 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3367 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3368 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3369 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3370 I != E; ++I) {
3371 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3372 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3373 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3374 Visited.add(ND);
3375 }
3376 }
3377 }
3378 }
3379
3380 return;
3381 }
3382
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003383 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3384 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3385
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003386 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003387 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003388 for (auto *D : R) {
3389 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3390 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3391 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003392 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003393 }
3394 }
3395
3396 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3397 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3398 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003399 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003400 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003401 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003402 }
3403 }
3404
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003405 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003406 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003407 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3408 return;
3409
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003410 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3411 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003412
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003413 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3414 // there anyway.
3415 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3416 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003417
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003418 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3419 if (!Record)
3420 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003421
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003422 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3423 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3424 //
3425 // struct A { int member; };
3426 // struct B { int member; };
3427 // struct C : A, B { };
3428 //
3429 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3430 //
3431 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3432 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3433 // class, e.g.,
3434 //
3435 // c->B::member
3436 //
3437 // or
3438 //
3439 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003440
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003441 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3442 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3443 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003444 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003445 }
3446 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003447
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003448 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3449 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3450 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003451 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003452 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003453 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003454 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003455 }
3456
3457 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003458 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003459 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003460 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003461 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003462 }
3463
3464 // Traverse the superclass.
3465 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3466 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3467 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003468 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003469 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003470
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003471 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3472 // synthesized ivars.
3473 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3474 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003475 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003476 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003477 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003478 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003479 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003480 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003481 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003482 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003483 }
3484 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003485 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003486 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003487 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003488 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003489 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003490
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003491 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3492 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3493 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003494 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003495 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003496 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003497 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003498}
3499
3500static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3501 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3502 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3503 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3504 if (!S)
3505 return;
3506
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003507 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3508 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003509 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3510 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003511 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003512 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003513 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3514 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003515 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003516 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003517 Visited.add(ND);
3518 }
3519 }
3520 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003521
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003522 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003523 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003524 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003525 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3526 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3527 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003528 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003529 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003530
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003531 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003532 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003533 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3534 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3535 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3536 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3537 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003538 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003539 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003540 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003541 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003542 }
3543
3544 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3545 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3546 // outer scope.
3547 break;
3548 }
3549
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003550 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3551 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003552
3553 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003554 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003555 }
3556 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3557 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3558 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3559 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3560 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3561 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3562 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003563 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003564 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003565 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003566 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003567 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003568 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003569 }
3570
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003571 if (Entity) {
3572 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3573 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003574 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3575 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003576 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003577 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003578 }
3579
3580 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3581 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3582 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3583}
3584
3585void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003586 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3587 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003588 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3589 // unqualified name lookup.
3590 Scope *Initial = S;
3591 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003592 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003593 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3594 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3595 S = S->getParent();
3596
3597 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3598 }
3599 UDirs.done();
3600
3601 // Look for visible declarations.
3602 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003603 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003604 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003605 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3606 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003607 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3608 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3609}
3610
3611void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003612 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3613 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003614 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003615 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003616 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003617 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3618 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003619 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003620 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003621 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003622}
3623
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003624/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003625/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3626/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3627/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003628LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003629 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003630 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003631 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003632
3633 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3634 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3635 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3636 Scope *S = CurScope;
3637 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3638 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3639 }
3640
3641 // Not a GNU local label.
3642 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3643 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3644 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003645 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003646 Res = nullptr;
3647 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003648 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003649 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3650 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003651 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3652 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003653 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003654 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3655}
3656
3657//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003658// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003659//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003660
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003661static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3662 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3663 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3664 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3665}
3666
3667static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3668 LookupResult &Res,
3669 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3670 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3671 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3672 bool EnteringContext,
3673 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3674 bool FindHidden);
3675
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003676/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3677/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3678/// a module' correction.
3679static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3680 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3681 return;
3682
3683 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3684
3685 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3686 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3687 break;
3688 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3689 if (DI == DE)
3690 return;
3691
3692 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3693 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3694
3695 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3696 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3697 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3698 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3699
3700 if (VisibleDecl) {
3701 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3702 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3703 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3704 NewDecls.clear();
3705 }
3706 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3707 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3708 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3709 }
3710
3711 if (NewDecls.empty())
3712 TC = TypoCorrection();
3713 else {
3714 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3715 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3716 }
3717}
3718
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003719// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3720// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3721// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3722static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3723 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3724 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3725 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3726 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3727 else
3728 Identifiers.clear();
3729
3730 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3731
3732 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3733 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3734 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3735 break;
3736
3737 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3738 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3739 return;
3740 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3741 break;
3742
3743 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3744 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3745 break;
3746
3747 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3748 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3749 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3750 break;
3751
3752 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003753 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003754 return;
3755 }
3756
3757 if (II)
3758 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3759}
3760
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003761void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003762 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003763 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3764 if (Hiding)
3765 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003766
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003767 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3768 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3769 // etc.).
3770 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3771 if (!Name)
3772 return;
3773
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003774 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3775 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003776 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003777 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3778 return;
3779
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003780 FoundName(Name->getName());
3781}
3782
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003783void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003784 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3785 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003786 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003787}
3788
3789void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3790 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3791 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003792 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003793}
3794
3795void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3796 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003797 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3798 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003799 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3800 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3801 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003802 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003803
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003804 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3805 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003806 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3807 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003808 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003809
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003810 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003811 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003812 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003813 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003814}
3815
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003816static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3817
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003818void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003819 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003820 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003821
3822 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3823 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3824 // longer than the typo itself.
3825 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3826 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3827 return;
3828
3829 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003830 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3831 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3832 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3833 return;
3834 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003835
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003836 TypoResultList &CList =
3837 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003838
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003839 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3840 CList.pop_back();
3841 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3842 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3843 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3844 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3845 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3846 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3847 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3848 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3849 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3850 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3851 *RI = Correction;
3852 return;
3853 }
3854 }
3855 }
3856 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3857 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003858
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003859 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003860 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3861}
3862
3863void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3864 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3865 SearchNamespaces = true;
3866
3867 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3868 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3869
3870 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3871 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3872 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3873 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3874 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3875 }
3876 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
Kaelyn Takata26487022015-10-01 22:38:51 +00003877 if (!TI->isClassType() && isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TI))
3878 continue;
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003879 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3880 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3881 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3882 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3883 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3884 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3885 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3886 }
3887 }
3888}
3889
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003890const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3891 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3892 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3893
3894 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003895 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3896 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3897 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3898 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3899 continue;
3900 }
3901
3902 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3903 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3904 DI->second.erase(RI);
3905 performQualifiedLookups();
3906 continue;
3907 }
3908
3909 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003910 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003911 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3912 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3913 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003914 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003915 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003916}
3917
3918bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3919 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3920 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003921 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003922retry_lookup:
3923 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3924 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003925 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003926 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3927 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3928 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3929 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3930 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3931 if (TempSS) {
3932 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3933 TempSS = nullptr;
3934 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3935 goto retry_lookup;
3936 }
3937 if (TempMemberContext) {
3938 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003939 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003940 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3941 goto retry_lookup;
3942 }
3943 if (SearchNamespaces)
3944 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3945 break;
3946
3947 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3948 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3949 break;
3950
3951 case LookupResult::Found:
3952 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3953 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3954 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3955 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003956 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003957 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003958 if (SearchNamespaces)
3959 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3960 break;
3961 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003962 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003963 return true;
3964 }
3965 return false;
3966}
3967
3968void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3969 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3970 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3971 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3972 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3973 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3974
3975 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3976 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3977 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3978 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00003979 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
3980 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003981 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3982 continue;
3983 }
3984
3985 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3986 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3987 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3988 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3989 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3990
3991 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3992 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3993 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3994 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3995 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3996 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3997 continue;
3998
3999 Result.clear();
4000 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4001 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4002 continue;
4003
4004 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4005 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4006 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4007 case LookupResult::Found:
4008 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4009 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4010 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4011 std::string OldQualified;
4012 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4013 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4014 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4015 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4016 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4017 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4018 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4019 break;
4020 }
4021 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4022 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4023 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4024 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4025 : nullptr,
4026 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4027 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4028 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004029 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4030 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004031 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004032 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004033 break;
4034 }
4035 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4036 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4037 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4038 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4039 break;
4040 }
4041 }
4042 }
4043 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004044}
4045
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004046TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4047 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004048 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004049 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4050 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4051 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4052 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4053
4054 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4055 }
4056 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4057 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4058 // context.
4059 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4060 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4061 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4062 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4063 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4064 }
4065
4066 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004067 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4068 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4069 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004070}
4071
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004072auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4073 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004074 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004075 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004076 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004077 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4078 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4079 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4080 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4081 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4082 }
4083 return Chain;
4084}
4085
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004086unsigned
4087TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4088 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004089 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4090 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4091 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4092 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4093 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4094 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4095 ++NumSpecifiers;
4096 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4097 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4098 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4099 ++NumSpecifiers;
4100 }
4101 }
4102 return NumSpecifiers;
4103}
4104
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004105void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4106 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004107 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004108 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004109 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004110 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4111
4112 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4113 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4114 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4115 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4116 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4117 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4118 }
4119
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004120 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004121 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004122
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004123 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4124 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004125 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004126 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004127 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004128 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004129 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4130 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004131 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004132 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4133 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004134 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4135 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004136 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4137 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4138 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4139 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4140 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4141 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4142 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004143 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004144 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4145 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4146 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4147 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4148 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4149 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004150 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004151 }
4152 }
4153
4154 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4155 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4156 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4157 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4158 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4159 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4160 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4161 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004162 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4163 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004164 }
4165
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004166 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4167 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004168}
4169
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004170/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4171static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4172 LookupResult &Res,
4173 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4174 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4175 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4176 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004177 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4178 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004179 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4180 Res.clear();
4181 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004182 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004183 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004184 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004185 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004186 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4187 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4188 Res.resolveKind();
4189 return;
4190 }
4191 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004192
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004193 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
4194 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4195 Res.resolveKind();
4196 return;
4197 }
4198 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004199
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004200 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4201 return;
4202 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004203
4204 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004205 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004206
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004207 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4208 // LookupParsedName.
4209 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4210 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004211 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004212 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4213 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004214 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004215 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4216 Res.addDecl(IV);
4217 Res.resolveKind();
4218 }
4219 }
4220 }
4221}
4222
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004223/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4224static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4225 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004226 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4227 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4228 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4229 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4230 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4231 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4232 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4233 return;
4234 }
4235
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004236 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4237 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004238
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004239 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004240 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004241 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004242 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004243 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004244 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4245 // storage-specifiers as well
4246 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4247 };
4248
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004249 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004250 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4251 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4252
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004253 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004254 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004255 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004256 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004257 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004258 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4259
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004260 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004261 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4262 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4263 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4264
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004265 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004266 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4267 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4268 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4269 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4270 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4271 }
4272 }
4273
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004274 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004275 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004276 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4277 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4278 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4279 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4280 };
4281 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4282 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004283 }
4284
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004285 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004286 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4287 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4288 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4289 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4290 }
4291
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004292 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004293 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004294 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004295 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4296 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4297 }
4298
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004299 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004300 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004301 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4302 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004303 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004304 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4305 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4306
4307 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4308 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4309 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4310
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004311 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004312 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4313 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4314 }
4315 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004316
4317 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4318 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4319 // is present.
4320 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4321 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004322 }
4323
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004324 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004325 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4326 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004327 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004328 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004329 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004330 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4331 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4332
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004333 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004334 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4335 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4336 }
4337
4338 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4339 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4340
4341 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4342 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4343
4344 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4345 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4346 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4347 }
4348 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004349 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004350 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4351 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4352 }
4353
4354 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4355 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4356 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4357 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4358 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4359 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4360 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4361 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4362 }
4363 }
4364
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004365 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004366 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4367
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004368 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004369 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4370 }
4371 }
4372}
4373
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004374std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4375 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4376 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4377 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4378 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004379 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004380
4381 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4382 DisableTypoCorrection)
4383 return nullptr;
4384
4385 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4386 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4387 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4388 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4389 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4390 return nullptr;
4391
4392 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4393 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4394 if (!Typo)
4395 return nullptr;
4396
4397 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4398 // typos.
4399 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4400 return nullptr;
4401
4402 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4403 // instantiation.
4404 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4405 return nullptr;
4406
4407 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4408 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4409 return nullptr;
4410
4411 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4412 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4413 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4414 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4415 return nullptr;
4416
4417 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4418 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4419 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004420 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004421 return nullptr;
4422
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004423 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4424 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4425 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4426 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4427 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4428 return nullptr;
4429 ++TyposCorrected;
4430
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004431 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4432 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4433 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4434 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4435 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4436 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4437 TypoName.getLocStart());
4438 }
4439
4440 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4441 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4442 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4443 EnteringContext);
4444
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004445 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004446 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004447 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4448 if (MemberContext) {
4449 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4450
4451 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4452 if (OPT) {
4453 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4454 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4455 }
4456 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4457 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4458 if (!QualifiedDC)
4459 return nullptr;
4460
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004461 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4462 } else {
4463 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004464 }
4465
4466 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4467 // corrections.
4468 bool SearchNamespaces
4469 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4470 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4471
4472 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4473 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4474 // seen in this translation unit.
4475 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4476 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4477 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4478
4479 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4480 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4481 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4482 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4483 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4484 do {
4485 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4486 if (Name.empty())
4487 break;
4488
4489 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4490 } while (true);
4491 }
4492 }
4493
4494 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4495
4496 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4497 // to search those namespaces.
4498 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4499 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4500 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4501 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4502 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4503 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4504 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4505 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4506 }
4507
4508 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4509 }
4510
4511 return Consumer;
4512}
4513
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004514/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4515/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4516/// present in the source code.
4517///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004518/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4519/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4520///
4521/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004522///
4523/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4524///
4525/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4526/// looking for, if present.
4527///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004528/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4529/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4530/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4531///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004532/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4533/// a member access expression.
4534///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004535/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004536/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4537///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004538/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4539/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4540///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004541/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4542/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4543/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4544/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4545TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4546 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4547 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004548 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004549 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004550 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4551 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004552 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4553 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004554 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4555
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004556 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4557 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4558 if (ExternalSource) {
4559 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004560 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004561 return Correction;
4562 }
4563
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004564 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4565 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4566 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4567 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4568 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004569
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004570 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004571 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4572 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004573 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004574
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004575 if (!Consumer)
4576 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004577
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004578 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004579 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004580 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004581
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004582 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4583 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004584 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4585 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004586 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004587 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004588
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004589 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4590 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004591 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004592 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004593
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004594 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004595
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004596 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004597 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4598 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4599 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004600 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004601 }
4602
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004603 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004604 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4605 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4606 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004607
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004608 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4609 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004610 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4611 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004612
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004613 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4614 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004615 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004616 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004617 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004618 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4619 // context.
4620
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004621 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4622 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4623 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004624 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4625 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004626 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004627 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4628 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004629 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4630 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004631 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004632
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004633 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4634 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004635 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004636
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004637 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4638 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4639 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004640 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004641}
4642
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004643/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4644/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4645/// present in the source code.
4646///
4647/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4648/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4649///
4650/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4651///
4652/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4653///
4654/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4655/// looking for, if present.
4656///
4657/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4658/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4659/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4660///
4661/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4662/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4663///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004664/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4665/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4666///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004667/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4668/// a member access expression.
4669///
4670/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4671/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4672///
4673/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4674/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4675///
4676/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4677/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4678/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4679/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4680/// needed.
4681TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4682 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4683 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4684 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004685 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004686 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4687 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4688 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4689
4690 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004691 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4692 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004693 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004694
4695 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4696 return nullptr;
4697
4698 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4699 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4700 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4701 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4702 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4703 return nullptr;
4704
4705 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004706 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004707}
4708
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004709void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4710 if (!CDecl) return;
4711
4712 if (isKeyword())
4713 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4714
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004715 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004716
4717 if (!CorrectionName)
4718 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4719}
4720
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004721std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4722 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4723 std::string tmpBuffer;
4724 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4725 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004726 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004727 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004728 }
4729
4730 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004731}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004732
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004733bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4734 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004735 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4736 return true;
4737
4738 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4739 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4740 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4741
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004742 bool HasNonType = false;
4743 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4744 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4745 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4746 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4747 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4748 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4749 if (Method->isStatic())
4750 HasStaticMethod = true;
4751 else
4752 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4753 }
4754 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4755 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004756 }
4757
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004758 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4759 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4760 return false;
4761
4762 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004763}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004764
4765FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004766 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004767 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004768 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004769 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004770 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4771 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004772 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4773}
4774
4775bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4776 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4777 return candidate.isKeyword();
4778
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004779 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004780 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004781 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004782 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4783 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4784 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4785 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4786 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4787 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4788 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4789 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4790 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4791 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4792 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004793 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004794 return true;
4795 }
4796 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004797
4798 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4799 // the current number of arguments.
4800 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4801 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4802 continue;
4803
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004804 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4805 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4806 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4807 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004808 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004809 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4810 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4811 MemberFn
4812 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4813 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004814 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004815 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004816 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4817 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4818 continue;
4819 }
4820 }
4821 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004822 }
4823 return false;
4824}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004825
4826void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4827 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4828 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4829 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4830 ErrorRecovery);
4831}
4832
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004833/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4834/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004835static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4836 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004837 return VD->getDefinition();
4838 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004839 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4840 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004841 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004842 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004843 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004844 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004845 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004846 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004847 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004848 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004849}
4850
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004851void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4852 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4853 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4854
4855 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4856 // possible.
4857 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4858 if (!Def)
4859 Def = Decl;
4860
4861 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4862 // the header.
4863 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4864 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4865
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004866 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4867 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004868 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004869 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4870
4871 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4872 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4873 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4874 Recover);
4875}
4876
4877void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4878 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4879 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4880 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4881 assert(!Modules.empty());
4882
4883 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004884 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004885 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004886 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004887 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004888 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004889 ModuleList += "[...]";
4890 break;
4891 }
4892 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4893 }
4894
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004895 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4896 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004897 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004898 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4899 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004900 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004901
4902 unsigned DiagID;
4903 switch (MIK) {
4904 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4905 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4906 break;
4907 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4908 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4909 break;
4910 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4911 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4912 break;
4913 }
4914 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004915
4916 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4917 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004918 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004919}
4920
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004921/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4922/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4923///
4924/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4925/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4926/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4927/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4928/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4929/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4930/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4931/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4932/// to it.
4933void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4934 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4935 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4936 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4937 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4938 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4939 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4940 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4941
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004942 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4943 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4944 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4945 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4946
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004947 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
4948 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004949 return;
4950 }
4951
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004952 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4953 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4954
4955 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004956 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004957 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4958 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4959 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4960}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004961
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004962TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4963 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4964 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004965 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4966 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4967 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4968 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4969 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004970 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004971 return TE;
4972}
4973
4974const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4975 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4976 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4977 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4978 return Entry->second;
4979}
4980
4981void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
4982 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
4983}